DTA Tumbling

Open Gym + Events + Drop In Classes

Name
Days
Location
Wednesday May 28th FREE Partner Stunting Evaluations (11-11:20 AM) LEHI
This class is full
Come Try Partner Stunting — Free Evaluations!
Curious about Partner Stunting? Join us for free evaluations and see if it’s the perfect fit for you! This is a great opportunity to experience the program, ask questions, and discover what makes Partner Stunting so exciting.
Wednesday
11:00 AM to 11:20 AM
Lehi
Wednesday May 28th FREE Partner Stunting Evaluations (11:20-11:40 AM) LEHI
This class is full
Come Try Partner Stunting — Free Evaluations!
Curious about Partner Stunting? Join us for free evaluations and see if it’s the perfect fit for you! This is a great opportunity to experience the program, ask questions, and discover what makes Partner Stunting so exciting.
Wednesday
11:20 AM to 11:40 AM
Lehi
Wednesday May 28th FREE Partner Stunting Evaluations (11:40 AM- 12:00 PM) LEHI
1 spot left
Come Try Partner Stunting — Free Evaluations!
Curious about Partner Stunting? Join us for free evaluations and see if it’s the perfect fit for you! This is a great opportunity to experience the program, ask questions, and discover what makes Partner Stunting so exciting.
Wednesday
11:40 AM to 12:00 PM
Lehi
Wednesday May 28th FREE Partner Stunting Evaluations (12:00-12:20 PM) LEHI
4 spots left
Come Try Partner Stunting — Free Evaluations!
Curious about Partner Stunting? Join us for free evaluations and see if it’s the perfect fit for you! This is a great opportunity to experience the program, ask questions, and discover what makes Partner Stunting so exciting.
Wednesday
12:00 PM to 12:20 PM
Lehi
Wednesday May 28th FREE Partner Stunting Evaluations (12:20-12:40 PM) LEHI
2 spots left
Come Try Partner Stunting — Free Evaluations!
Curious about Partner Stunting? Join us for free evaluations and see if it’s the perfect fit for you! This is a great opportunity to experience the program, ask questions, and discover what makes Partner Stunting so exciting.
Wednesday
12:20 PM to 12:40 PM
Lehi
Tuesday May 20th Open Gym (Ages 6+) LINDON
159 spots left
Tuesday
8:00 PM to 11:00 PM
Lindon
Thursday May 22nd FREE Parkour Evaluations/ Demo Class (2-2:45 PM) LINDON
17 spots left
Come Try Parkour — Free Evaluation/ Demo Class!
Curious about Parkour? Join us for free evaluations and see if it’s the perfect fit for your athlete! This is a great chance to explore the program, ask questions, and experience what makes Parkour so fun, challenging, and unique.
Wednesday
2:00 PM to 2:45 PM
Lindon
Wednesday May 21st Open Gym (Ages 6+) LINDON
200 spots left
Wednesday
8:00 PM to 11:00 PM
Lindon
Thursday May 29th Side Aerials Clinic (Ages 6+)
21 spots left
Join us for a Side Aerial Clinic!
Prerequisites: Right & Left Side Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheel
Thursday
9:30 AM to 11:00 AM
Lindon
Thursday May 22nd FREE Parkour Evaluations/ Demo Class (2:45-3:30 PM) LINDON
9 spots left
Come Try Parkour — Free Evaluation/ Demo Class!
Curious about Parkour? Join us for free evaluations and see if it’s the perfect fit for your athlete! This is a great chance to explore the program, ask questions, and experience what makes Parkour so fun, challenging, and unique.
Thursday
2:45 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon

Private Lessons

Name
Days
Location
Tumbling Lessons with Coach Kaitlan
94 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Kaitlan send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Kaitlan and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**

6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Anthony
183 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Anthony send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Anthony and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Avery
194 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Avery send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Avery and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Bella
196 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Bella send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Bella and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Camden
197 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Camden send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info! If you have contacted Coach Camden and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Caroline
177 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Anthony send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Anthony and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Cason
189 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Cason send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Cason and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Dane
200 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Dane send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Dane and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Ethan
184 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Ethan send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Ethan and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Gracen
198 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Gracen send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Gracen and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Hailee
188 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Hailee send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Hailee and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Haisley
172 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Haisley send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Haisley and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Jake
195 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Jake send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Jake and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Jon
200 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Jon send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Jon and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Katie
194 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Katie send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info! If you have contacted Coach Katie and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Lauren
145 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Lauren send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Lauren and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Luke
197 spots left
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Maddie
195 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Maddie send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info! If you have contacted Coach Maddie and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Michael
199 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Michael send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Aislee and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Owen
198 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Owen send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Owen and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Stockton
182 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Stockton send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Stockton and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Sydnee
184 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Sydnee send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Sydnee and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Addy
169 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Addy send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Addy and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Jordan
112 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Jordan send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Jordan and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Tumbling Lessons with Coach Bridger
104 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Bridger send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Bridger and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Tumbling Lessons with Coach Caity
166 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Caity send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Caity and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Dax
179 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Dax send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Dax and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lindon

Team Classes

Name
Days
Location
LEHI Wednesday Riverton High School Cheer Team Tumbling & Stunting (Summer 2025) (JV)
40 spots left
Hi! If you are on the JV with Riverton High School Cheer, please join this group!

This class will run on Wednesdays in the summer from 6:00-8:00 PM in Lehi, June 3rd – August 1st.

The cost for this class is covered by your school fees, so no payment will be pulled from your individual accounts!
Wednesday
6:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Riverton High School Cheer Team Tumbling & Stunting (Summer 2025) (VARSITY)
40 spots left
Hi! If you are on the VARSITY with Riverton High School Cheer, please join this group!

This class will run on Wednesdays in the summer from 6:00-8:00 PM in Lehi, June 3rd – August 1st.

The cost for this class is covered by your school fees, so no payment will be pulled from your individual accounts!
Wednesday
6:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LINDON Monday Westlake High School Cheer Team Tumbling (Summer 2025) (JV)
26 spots left
Hi! If you are on the JV with Westlake High School Cheer, please join this group!

Class Schedule
Mondays | 7:15 PM – 8:15 PM LINDON LOCATION
June 9th, 16th, 23rd, and 30th

The cost for this class is covered by your school fees, so no payment will be pulled from your individual accounts!
Monday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Westlake High School Cheer Team Tumbling (Summer 2025) (VARSITY)
24 spots left
Hi! If you are on the VARSITY with Westlake High School Cheer, please join this group!

Class Schedule
Mondays | 7:15 PM – 8:15 PM LINDON LOCATION
June 9th, 16th, 23rd, and 30th

The cost for this class is covered by your school fees, so no payment will be pulled from your individual accounts!
Monday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Timpview High School Cheer Team Tumbling & Stunting (Summer 2025) (2 Hour Long Class)
This class is full
Hi! If you are on the Timpview High School Cheer Team, please join this group!
This class will run on Wednesdays in the summer from 7:45 AM–9:45 AM, June 3rd–August 1st.
(No class on June 25th)

The cost for this class is $92 monthly, totaling $184 for the full summer session.
$184 will be charged on June 2nd, 2025.
Athletes will be required to stay enrolled for the entire summer session.
Wednesday
7:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday American Fork High School Cheer Team Tumbling (Summer 2025)
36 spots left
Hi! If you are on the American Fork High School Cheer Team, please join this group!

This class will run on Wednesdays in the summer from 9:55 AM – 10:55 AM, June 3rd – August 1st.
(No class July 2nd or 9th)

The cost for this class is covered by your school fees, so no payment will be pulled from your individual accounts!
Wednesday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Thunder Youth Cheer Tumbling (Summer 2025)
This class is full
Wednesday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Friday Pleasant Grove Youth Cheer Tumbling (Starts June 13th)
3 spots left
Friday
10:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lindon
LINDON Friday American Fork Youth Cheer Tumbling (Summer 2025)
34 spots left
Friday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon

Team Facility Rentals

Name
Days
Location
American Fork Youth Cheer (8th Grade) Practice Liability
39 spots left
If you are on 8th Grade Team with American Fork Youth Cheer, please join this group!
Thursday
6:00 AM to 8:00 AM
Lindon
American Fork Youth Cheer (9th Grade) Practice Liability
40 spots left
If you are on 9th Grade Team with American Fork Youth Cheer, please join this group!
Thursday
6:00 AM to 8:00 AM
Lindon
PG Youth Cheer (3rd & 4th Grade) Practice Liability
65 spots left
If your athlete is in the 3rd & 4th group with PG Youth Cheer, please join this group!
Thursday
9:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lindon
PG Youth Cheer (5th Grade) Practice Liability
65 spots left
If your athlete is in the 5th Grade group with PG Youth Cheer, please join this group!
Thursday
9:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lindon
PG Youth Cheer (6th Grade) Practice Liability
65 spots left
If your athlete is in the 6th Grade group with PG Youth Cheer, please join this group!
Thursday
9:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lindon
PG Youth Cheer (8th & 9th Grade) Practice Liability
65 spots left
If your athlete is in the 8th & 9th Grade group with PG Youth Cheer, please join this group!
Thursday
9:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lindon
PG Youth Cheer (K-2nd) Practice Liability
65 spots left
If your athlete is in the K-2nd group with PG Youth Cheer, please join this group!
Thursday
9:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lindon
American Fork Youth Cheer (7th Grade) Practice Liability
40 spots left
If you are on 7th Grade Team with American Fork Youth Cheer, please join this group!
Friday
6:30 AM to 8:30 AM
Lindon
Lady Lightning (Thunder Youth Cheer) Practice Liability
41 spots left
If you are on Lady Lightning with Thunder Youth Cheer, please join this group!
Friday
6:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
Storm (Thunder Youth Cheer) Practice Liability
49 spots left
If you are on Storm with Thunder Youth Cheer, please join this group!
Friday
6:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
Tiny Tornados (Thunder Youth Cheer) Practice Liability
53 spots left
If you are on Tiny Tornados with Thunder Youth Cheer, please join this group!
Friday
6:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon

Parties

Name
Days
Location
Saturday July 12th Andi Edwards Birthday Party LINDON
160 spots left
If your child is attending Andi's party, please join the check-in queue here!
Athletes will be checked in upon arrival to help us keep everything organized and running smoothly.
Friday Saturday
1:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon

(April 7-May 21) Spring 2025 LEHI Classes

Name
Days
Location
**Before School Class** LEHI Mondays Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
8 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​
Monday
7:30 AM to 8:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:15 AM to 10:15 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:45 AM to 10:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:15 AM to 11:15 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Monday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
This class is full
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Monday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
1 spot left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 10+) (Held in Unit A Next Door)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) (Held in Unit A Next Door!)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11) Group 2
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Mondays Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Mondays Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
5 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) (Held in Unit A Next Door!)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
This class is full
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Mondays Side Aerials (Ages 8+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
**Recently Added** LEHI Monday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
This class is full
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 9+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings! This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted. Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover) & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+) (Held in Unit A Next Door!)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 6 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED.
This class is full
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
THIS IS A INVITE ONLY CLASS.
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
5 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 3 (Ages 7+)
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.

Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
5 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+) (Held in Unit A Next Door!)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
2 spots left
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
6 spots left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-4) (Held in Unit A Next Door!)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-14)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
**EVALUATION REQUIRED** LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 6
This class is full
NEW SPECIALTY CLASS WORKING STANDING FULLS!
Evaluation REQUIRED, email DTATumbling@gmail.com to set up an evaluation today!

FIRM PREREQUISITES: Standing Tuck onto a panel mat (5 layer panel mat), Running Full (RO-BHS-Full or RO-FULL), Standing Double BHS to a Tuck, Standing Open Tuck (Tuck without holding legs), Cartwheel Tuck.

In this class athletes will be working advanced level skills specifically focusing on the Standing Full and its variations. (Standing Full, Cartwheel Full, Standing Double BHS to Full etc.) This is a great option for Cheerleaders, Gymnasts and Tumblers to master the technique of the Standing Full with proper progression in a safe environment. To ensure each athlete is ready to preform such advanced skills they will be required to have a coach evaluation prior to class sign up to make sure they have all of the prerequisites listed above.
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
2 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 4 (Ages 7+)
1 spot left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
4 spots left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Elite Tumbling (All Ages) INVITE ONLY
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
THIS IS A INVITE ONLY CLASS.
Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11) (Held in Unit A Next Door!)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
CLASS CLOSED--**Before School** LEHI Wednesdays Side Aerials (Ages 7+)
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
7:30 AM to 8:30 AM
Lehi
CLASS CLOSED--**RECENT ADD** LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
9:45 AM to 10:45 AM
Lehi
**RECENT ADD** LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:15 AM to 12:15 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
This class is full
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Wednesday
2:00 PM to 3:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7)
6 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
4 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-13)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
This class is full
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
5 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
This class is full
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Advanced Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Previous Stunting Experience & Coach Approval/Placement Required.
(Reach out to DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation today!)

This class is for flyers wanting to improve their partner stunting abilities and potentially prepare for college cheer.

Prerequisites: Flyers will need to be able to hit a full-ups, full-arounds, high to high tick-tocks, and other intermediate skills on three different bases without traveling.

Flyers will continue to master intermediate skills and begin to work the four basic elite level stunts: Rewinds, Front Handspring-ups, Back Handspring-ups, and Hand-in-Hand Pop Throughs.



Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-13)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
**RECENT ADD** LEHI Wednesday Side Aerials (Ages 6-13)
2 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
**Before School** LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
7:30 AM to 8:30 AM
Lehi
**Before School** LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
7:30 AM to 8:30 AM
Lehi
**Before School** LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
**RECENT ADD** LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
10:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:00 AM to 12:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
6 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Acro 3 (Ages 7+)
2 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.

Thursday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 4/5 (Ages 6+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
This class is full
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
**Recent Add** LEHI Thursday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-9) (Held in Unit A Next Door!)
2 spots left
**NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7)
3 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Acro 4 (Ages 7+)
8 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 3/4 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3/4!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
3 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
3 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) (Held in Unit A Next Door!)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Fridays Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Friday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Fridays Acro 1 (Ages 6-12)
3 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Friday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Fridays Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
**Recent Add** LEHI Friday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-9)
1 spot left
**NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Friday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
*RECENT ADD* LEHI Friday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
2 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Friday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+)
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings! This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted. Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover) & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Friday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Fridays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+)
5 spots left
Specialty Class CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings! This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 (as long as your athlete has their Standing Back Handspring unassisted) & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid & Confident Standing Back Handspring Unassisted
Friday
6:15 PM to 7:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
6:15 PM to 7:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Fridays Side Aerials (Ages 6-13)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Friday
6:15 PM to 7:15 PM
Lehi

(April 7-May 21) Spring 2025 LINDON Classes

Name
Days
Location
LINDON Monday Intro to Acro (All Ages)
2 spots left
**NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Monday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
3 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
14 spots left
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Cheer Jumps & Flexibility (Ages 9+)
4 spots left
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-9)
1 spot left
**NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 8+)
1 spot left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
**New 2025 Add** LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-12)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 1 (Ages 6-12)
4 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
This class is full
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
This class is full
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
Lindon Monday Advanced Jumps & Leaps Strengthening (Ages 8+)
16 spots left
COME JUMP WITH US THIS FALL!
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Side Leap, Split Leap, Tilt Jump.

Skills Taught: Switch Side Leap, 540 Jump, Spinning Disc, Switch Arabesque, Switch Tilt, Spinning C-Jump, Backwards Hook Jump, Knee Drop Jump, Axel Knee Drop, Turning Split Jumps & More!
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
4 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-9)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
3 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Mondays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
**Recently Added** LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
9:00 AM to 10:00 AM
Lindon
**Recently Added** LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lindon
**Homeschool Option** LINDON Tuesday Specialty Class Working Back Handsprings (All Ages)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Back Handsprings & Round Off Back Handsprings.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
11:00 AM to 12:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
3 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 10+)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-9)
1 spot left
**NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Intro to Tumbling for Boys (Ages 8+)
This class is full
Join our "Intro to Tumbling for Boys" class and discover the exciting world of tumbling! Designed for boys aged 8 years and older, this class focuses on basic skills like rolls, handstands, cartwheels, and flips, all taught by experienced instructors who prioritize safety and fun.

Boys will boost their strength, coordination, flexibility, and balance while building confidence and enjoying physical activity. Whether enhancing skills for other sports or trying something new, this class is the perfect start.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6-11)
2 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings! This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted. Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover) & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesdays Side Aerials (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesdays Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
2 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesdays Acro 1 (Ages 6-12)
4 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesdays Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
1 spot left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Side Aerials (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Parkour 4/5 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) Group 2
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Acro 2 (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Side Aerials (Ages 8+)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
**New 2025 Class**LINDON Wednesday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 4 (Ages 7+)
6 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Acro 3 (Ages 7+)
5 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.

Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
Specialty Class CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings! This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 (as long as your athlete has their Standing Back Handspring unassisted) & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid & Confident Standing Back Handspring Unassisted
Thursday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 6 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED.
This class is full
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
THIS IS A INVITE ONLY CLASS.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursdays Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-14)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Advanced Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Previous Stunting Experience & Coach Approval/Placement Required.
(Reach out to DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation today!)

This class is for flyers wanting to improve their partner stunting abilities and potentially prepare for college cheer.

Prerequisites: Flyers will need to be able to hit a full-ups, full-arounds, high to high tick-tocks, and other intermediate skills on three different bases without traveling.

Flyers will continue to master intermediate skills and begin to work the four basic elite level stunts: Rewinds, Front Handspring-ups, Back Handspring-ups, and Hand-in-Hand Pop Throughs.



Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 6-12)
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Intro to Tricking (Ages 8+) **NEW FORMAT**
3 spots left
**New Format** Dive into Tricking: Introductory Class!
Welcome to our Intro to Tricking Class!
Athletes both male and female, ages 8+ can register for this class!

Are you ready to embark on an exhilarating journey into the world of Tricking? This class is tailored for athletes who are new to parkour and/or tumbling movements, offering a structured path to advance to Tricking Level 1. We will focus on progressions that build to back flips, front flips and many other kicks and tricks!

Expect expert instruction, a supportive atmosphere, and plenty of fun as you dive into the exciting world of Tricking!
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7)
2 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tricking 1 (Ages 8+) **NEW FORMAT**
4 spots left
**New Format** Tricking 1
Welcome to our Intro to Tricking 1 Class! Tricking is a sport that combines aspects of martial arts, breakdancing, tumbling, and free running all on flat ground! Athletes both male and female, ages 8+ can sign up for this class!

Prerequisites: Back Flip with a light spot, Front Flip on a trampoline/the tumble trak, Cartwheel, Controlled Handstand, Back Bend (holding for 10 seconds with straight arms )
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursdays Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
4 spots left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7)
5 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
4 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
This class is full
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thusday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
3 spots left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Cheer Jumps & Flexibility (Ages 9+)
4 spots left
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursdays Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings! This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted. Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover) & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon

LEHI Summer 2025 Classes CLICK HERE!

Name
Days
Location
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+) 1:30-2:30 PM
8 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 8:45-9:45 AM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 8:45-9:45 AM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 8:45-9:45 AM
This class is full
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+) 8:45-9:45 AM
5 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+) 8:45-9:45 AM
1 spot left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 8:45-9:45 AM
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 8:45-9:45 AM
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 8:45-9:45 AM
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 8:45-9:45 AM
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Acro 1 (Ages 6-12) 8:45-9:45 AM
This class is full
DTA Acro Program
Built on strength, flexibility, and learning skills on both sides—this program prepares dancers for anything the industry throws their way!

Register based on current ACRO/TUMBLING ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, DTA will reach out to help you adjust your athletes classes.

Firm Prerequisites:
Standing back bend, straight leg kick over, handstand (with control), handstand to back bend (no collapsing), forward/backward rolls, straight leg cartwheel, chest stand, headstand.

In Acro 1, athletes will work on:
Elbow & moon back bends, 8-count recoveries, silly side kick overs, back/front walkovers, front limber, headstands, chest stands, scorpions, 1-handed & 8-count cartwheels (both sides), and spotted side aerials.
Wednesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 8:45-9:45 AM
7 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Thursday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-8) 8:45-9:45 AM
6 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Thursday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 7-12) 8:45-9:45 AM
This class is full
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Wednesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Intro to Cheer (Ages 8+) 8:45-9:45 AM
6 spots left
Welcome to Our Intro to Cheer Class!
No prerequisites required – just bring your energy and excitement!

This class is the perfect starting point for athletes new to cheer. Students will build a strong foundation as they learn tumbling, jumps, stunting, and cheer dance—developing the skills, strength, and confidence to shine in all things cheer!
Thursday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Cheer 1 (Ages 6-10) 8:45-9:45 AM
4 spots left
Welcome to Cheer Level 1!
This class is perfect for athletes ready to build on their foundational cheer skills. We’ll focus on tumbling, stunting, jumps, and cheer dance—all while improving strength, coordination, and confidence in a fun and supportive environment.

Prerequisites:
• Handstand
• Cartwheel
• Forward Roll
• Backward Roll
• Back Bend Kick Over
Tuesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) 8:45-9:45 AM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
9 spots left
EVALUATION REQUIRED.
Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Prerequisites
*Straight Leg Front and Back Walkovers
*Straight Leg Front Walkover --> Roundoff Back Handspring
*Straight Leg Standing Double Back Handspring
* Standing Tuck Off 4” Panel Mat
*Round Off Tuck
*Round Off Back Handspring Tuck
Tuesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 9:55-10:55 AM
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+) 9:55-10:55 AM
3 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 7-12) 9:55-10:55 AM
This class is full
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Tuesday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+) 9:55-10:55 AM
This class is full
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) 9:55-10:55 AM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
This class is full
EVALUATION REQUIRED.
Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Prerequisites
*Straight Leg Front and Back Walkovers
*Straight Leg Front Walkover --> Roundoff Back Handspring
*Straight Leg Standing Double Back Handspring
* Standing Tuck Off 4” Panel Mat
*Round Off Tuck
*Round Off Back Handspring Tuck
Monday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 9:55-10:55 AM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 9:55-10:55 AM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 9:55-10:55 AM
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 9:55-10:55 AM
This class is full
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Wednesday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 9:55-10:55 AM
1 spot left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Thursday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Acro 2 (Ages 6+) 9:55-10:55 AM
This class is full
DTA Acro Program
Our Acro program is built on strength training, flexibility, and learning skills on both sides to prepare dancers for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, please contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class placement. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Standing back bend, solid straight leg kick over, strong one-handed cartwheel (both sides), solid front limber, straight leg back walkover, straight leg front walkover, and headstand.

In Acro 2, athletes will work on:
Tick tocks (both sides), moon back bend to kick over, silly side back/front walkovers, Valdez, back limber, suicides, headstand combos, chest stands, in-n-outs, advanced elbow stands, side aerials, and more!
Wednesday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10) 9:55-10:55 AM
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Monday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Intro to Cheer (Ages 6-10) 9:55-10:55 AM
5 spots left
Welcome to Our Intro to Cheer Class!
No prerequisites required – just bring your energy and excitement!

This class is the perfect starting point for athletes new to cheer. Students will build a strong foundation as they learn tumbling, jumps, stunting, and cheer dance—developing the skills, strength, and confidence to shine in all things cheer!
Tuesday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 4 (All Ages) 9:55-10:55 AM
This class is full
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Thursday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Standing Back Tuck Specialty (Ages 7+) 9:55-10:55 AM
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring.
Wednesday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Intro to Cheer (Ages 5-8) 9:55-10:55 AM
8 spots left
Welcome to Our Intro to Cheer Class!
No prerequisites required – just bring your energy and excitement!

This class is the perfect starting point for athletes new to cheer. Students will build a strong foundation as they learn tumbling, jumps, stunting, and cheer dance—developing the skills, strength, and confidence to shine in all things cheer!
Thursday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 10+) 11:05-12:05 PM
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Kickover Specialty (Ages 7+) 11:05 AM- 12:05 PM (Updated Time)
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Tuesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9) 11:05-12:05 PM
This class is full
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Intro to Tumbling for Boys (Ages 6-9) 11:05 AM- 12:05 PM
8 spots left
Intro to Tumbling For Boys! (No Experience Required)
A NEW program at DTA, built by boys who tumble, for boys who want to tumble!
This program is designed to focus on strength, control, and tumbling progressions.
Classes work through drills that build power, improve form, and boost confidence in a focused and positive environment alongside their peers.
Monday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Intro to Tumbling for Boys (Ages 6-9) 11:05 AM- 12:05 PM
7 spots left
Intro to Tumbling For Boys! (No Experience Required)
A NEW program at DTA, built by boys who tumble, for boys who want to tumble!
This program is designed to focus on strength, control, and tumbling progressions.
Classes work through drills that build power, improve form, and boost confidence in a focused and positive environment alongside their peers.
Thursday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
This class is full
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Tuesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+) 11:05 AM- 12:05 PM
3 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
This class is full
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Thursday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Side Aerials (Ages 8+) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Cheer 2 (Ages 6-10) 11:05 AM-1:15 PM (Two Hours)
This class is full
Welcome to Cheer Level 2! 🎉 (Billed Separately from other classes)
We’re thrilled to launch this exciting new format!
This 2-hour powerhouse class includes a quick 10-minute break between two focused training blocks—giving your athlete double the fun and double the progress!

✨ First Hour: Jumps + Tumbling
✨ Second Hour: Stunting + Dance

This dynamic structure is designed to keep athletes moving, motivated, and mastering skills faster than ever before. We can’t wait to see their confidence soar!

Prerequisites:
• Round Off
• Forward Roll
• Backward Roll
• Front Walkover
• Back Walkover
Tuesday
11:05 AM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Cheer 3 (Ages 6-10) 11:05 AM- 1:15 PM (Two Hours)
2 spots left
🎉 Welcome to Cheer Level 3! (Billed separately from other classes)
We’re so excited to launch this powerful new format designed for athletes ready to level up!

This 2-hour class includes a 10-minute break between two focused training blocks—giving your athlete double the fun and double the progress:

✨ First Hour: Jumps + Tumbling
✨ Second Hour: Stunting + Dance

This dynamic structure keeps athletes moving, motivated, and mastering new skills faster than ever. We can’t wait to watch their strength and confidence soar!

Prerequisites:
• Standing Back Handspring
• Round Off Back Handspring
• Round Off Double Back Handspring
Thursday
11:05 AM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
5 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Wednesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Side Aerials (Ages 8+) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Monday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM (recent add)
5 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Wednesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7) 12:15-1:15 PM
5 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 8+) 12:15-1:15 PM
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2, Tumbling 3 & Acro 1!

Firm Prerequisites:
Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they can take this class to work on their opposite side walkovers.
Tuesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+) 12:15-1:15 PM
4 spots left
Specialty Class CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 (as long as your athlete has their Standing Back Handspring unassisted) & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid & Confident Standing Back Handspring Unassisted
Thursday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11) 12:15-1:15 PM
5 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+) 12:15-1:15 PM
1 spot left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Tuesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 12:15-1:15 PM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 12:15-1:15 PM
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 10+) 12:15-1:15 PM
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 12:15-1:15 PM
3 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-8) 12:15-1:15 PM
6 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Wednesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Acro 4 (Ages 7+) 12:15-1:15 PM
1 spot left
The DTA Acro Program focuses on strength training, flexibility, and mastering skills on both sides of the body—helping dancers feel confident and prepared for whatever the dance world throws their way!

Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If an athlete advances before Summer 2025, please contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class placement. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites:
Right & Left Side Back Walkover
Side Aerial
Standing Back Handspring
Front Aerial
Straight Leg Kick Over (Right & Left)
Straight Leg Back Walkover
Straight Leg Front Walkover
Straight Leg Valdez
Solid Headstand
Solid Chest Stand
Scorpion Hold
Suicide
Kip Up
Headspring

In Acro 4, athletes will work on and master:
Tick Tocks on both sides
One-Handed Valdez
Silly Side Front Walkover
Front Aerial Snap Down
Silly Side Aerial
Aerial Twist
Back Handspring into Chest Roll or Headstand
Standing Tucks
Rubber Bands
Needles
Acro Canes
...and more!
Wednesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) 12:15-1:15 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
6 spots left
EVALUATION REQUIRED.
Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Prerequisites
*Straight Leg Front and Back Walkovers
*Straight Leg Front Walkover --> Roundoff Back Handspring
*Straight Leg Standing Double Back Handspring
* Standing Tuck Off 4” Panel Mat
*Round Off Tuck
*Round Off Back Handspring Tuck
Monday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) 12:15-1:15 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
7 spots left
EVALUATION REQUIRED.
Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Prerequisites
*Straight Leg Front and Back Walkovers
*Straight Leg Front Walkover --> Roundoff Back Handspring
*Straight Leg Standing Double Back Handspring
* Standing Tuck Off 4” Panel Mat
*Round Off Tuck
*Round Off Back Handspring Tuck
Thursday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Acro 2 (Ages 6+) 12:15-1:15 PM (recent add)
9 spots left
DTA Acro Program
Our Acro program is built on strength training, flexibility, and learning skills on both sides to prepare dancers for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, please contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class placement. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Standing back bend, solid straight leg kick over, strong one-handed cartwheel (both sides), solid front limber, straight leg back walkover, straight leg front walkover, and headstand.

In Acro 2, athletes will work on:
Tick tocks (both sides), moon back bend to kick over, silly side back/front walkovers, Valdez, back limber, suicides, headstand combos, chest stands, in-n-outs, advanced elbow stands, side aerials, and more!
Wednesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 1:30-2:30 PM
1 spot left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 5-10) 1:30-2:30 PM
3 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted.
Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover), Tumbling 3, & Acro 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Monday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 12+) 1:30-2:30 PM
5 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Monday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 1:30-2:30 PM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5) 1:30-2:30 PM
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class!

Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend.

They will also get the opportunity to experience Parkour elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 1:30-2:30 PM
3 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Tuesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 1:30-2:30 PM
8 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Thursday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 7-12) 1:30-2:30 PM
4 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Tuesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+) 1:30-2:30 PM
7 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Thursday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+) 1:30-2:30 PM
This class is full
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Wednesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Front Aerials (Ages 7+) 1:30-2:30 PM
1 spot left
Front Aerial Specialty! (Acro 3 Supplement Class!)
Perfect for dancers learning and cleaning their Front Aerials!

Prerequisites: Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Side Aerial
Wednesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Advanced Cheer (Ages 8+) 1:30-3:40 PM (Two Hours)
3 spots left
🎉 Welcome to Advanced Cheer! (Billed separately from other classes)
We’re so excited to introduce this high-energy format for athletes who are ready to take their cheer skills to the next level!

This 2-hour class includes a 10-minute break between two focused training blocks—giving your athlete double the fun and double the progress:

✨ First Hour: Jumps + Tumbling
✨ Second Hour: Stunting + Dance

With this dynamic setup, athletes stay engaged, challenged, and consistently progressing in all areas of cheer. We can't wait to see their power, precision, and confidence soar!

Prerequisites:
• Standing Back Handspring Series
• Round Off Tuck
• Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (RO-BHS-Tuck)
• Front Tuck
• Toe Touch to Back Handspring
Thursday
1:30 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 4 (All Ages) 1:30-2:30 PM
5 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Wednesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Standing Back Tuck Specialty (Ages 7+) 1:30-2:30 PM
2 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring.
Tuesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 1 (Ages 8+) 2:40-3:40 PM
2 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7) 2:40-3:40 PM
4 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+) 2:40-3:40 PM
8 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Standing Back Tuck Specialty (Ages 7+) 2:40-3:40 PM
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring.
Monday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 2:40-3:40 PM
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 2:40-3:40 PM
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 2:40-3:40 PM
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 10+) 2:40-3:40 PM
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 2:40-3:40 PM
4 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Tuesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Acro 3 (Ages 7+) 2:40-3:40 PM
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is built on a foundation of strength training, flexibility, and skill development on both sides of the body, preparing dancers for any opportunity the dance world may offer!

Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If an athlete advances before Summer 2025, please contact our DTA Support Team to update class placement.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Side Aerial
Standing Back Bend
Straight Leg Kick Over (Right & Left)
Straight Leg Tick Tocks (Right & Left)
Moon Back Bend to Kick Over
Straight Leg Back Walkover
Straight Leg Front Walkover
Dominant Side Valdez
Headstand Combo (Tripod → Tuck → Straight → Straddle → Straight → Tuck → Tripod)
Solid Chest Stand

In Acro 3, athletes will work on mastering:
Tick Tocks on both sides
Silly Side Back Walkover
Silly Side Front Walkover
Standing Back Handspring
Dominant Side Front Aerial
Advanced Chest Stands
Level 2 Scorpions
Kip Up
Dominant Side Illusion
Front Walkover connected to a Suicide
Rolling Tinsica
Wednesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Standing Back Tuck Specialty (Ages 7+) 2:40-3:40 PM
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring.
Wednesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) 2:40-3:40 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
4 spots left
EVALUATION REQUIRED.
Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Prerequisites
*Straight Leg Front and Back Walkovers
*Straight Leg Front Walkover --> Roundoff Back Handspring
*Straight Leg Standing Double Back Handspring
* Standing Tuck Off 4” Panel Mat
*Round Off Tuck
*Round Off Back Handspring Tuck
Wednesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 2:40-3:40 PM (Recent add)
9 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10) 2:40-3:40 PM
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Thursday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Standing Back Tuck Specialty (Ages 7-12) 2:40-3:40 PM (recent add)
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring.
Thursday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+) 3:50-4:50 PM
1 spot left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Thursday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 4/5 (Ages 6+) 3:50-4:50 PM
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.
Tuesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 5-10) 3:50-4:50 PM
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2, Tumbling 3 & Acro 1!

Firm Prerequisites:
Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they can take this class to work on their opposite side walkovers.
Wednesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 5-10) 3:50-4:50 PM
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted.
Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover), Tumbling 3, & Acro 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Tuesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 3:50-4:50 PM
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Intermediate/ Advanced Tumbling for Boys (Ages 8+) 3:50-4:50 PM
6 spots left
Intermediate/ Advanced Tumbling for Boys!
Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward roll, Backward Roll, Back Bend From Laying Down, Dive Roll, Round Off

A NEW program at DTA, built by boys who tumble, for boys who want to tumble!
This program is designed to focus on strength, control, and tumbling progressions.
Classes work through drills that build power, improve form, and boost confidence in a focused and positive environment alongside their peers.
Monday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 3:50-4:50 PM
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-10) 3:50-4:50 PM
This class is full
**NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Tuesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 3:50-4:50 PM
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 3:50-4:50 PM
5 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 7-12) 3:50-4:50 PM
8 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Thursday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Acro 2 (Ages 6+) 3:50-4:50 PM
2 spots left
DTA Acro Program
Our Acro program is built on strength training, flexibility, and learning skills on both sides to prepare dancers for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, please contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class placement. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Standing back bend, solid straight leg kick over, strong one-handed cartwheel (both sides), solid front limber, straight leg back walkover, straight leg front walkover, and headstand.

In Acro 2, athletes will work on:
Tick tocks (both sides), moon back bend to kick over, silly side back/front walkovers, Valdez, back limber, suicides, headstand combos, chest stands, in-n-outs, advanced elbow stands, side aerials, and more!
Wednesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 12+) 3:50-4:50 PM
4 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Wednesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Advanced Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7-18) 3:50-4:50 PM
2 spots left
Elite Partner Stunting for Flyers
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION

This advanced class is designed for experienced flyers looking to elevate their partner stunting skills and prepare for high school and college-level cheer.

💥 Tuition: $95/month (Billed separately from regular tumbling tuition)
💥 Coach Approval & Previous Stunting Experience Required
To schedule an evaluation, email DTATumbling@gmail.com

This class is ideal for flyers who are confident in their stunting ability and ready to push toward elite-level performance.

Prerequisites:
Flyers must consistently execute the following intermediate skills on three different bases with control and no travel:
• Full-Ups
• Full-Arounds
• High-to-High Tick-Tocks
• Additional Intermediate Transitions

In this class, flyers will:
✅ Continue mastering intermediate partner stunts
✅ Begin training the four foundational elite-level stunts:
• Rewinds
• Front Handspring-Ups
• Back Handspring-Ups
• Hand-in-Hand Pop Throughs

This class offers the perfect path for athletes looking to refine advanced technique and prepare for college and competitive cheer opportunities.
Tuesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11) 3:50-4:50 PM
8 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Thursday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-10) 3:50-4:50 PM (new add)
9 spots left
**NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Monday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9) 5:00-6:00 PM
7 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 6 (All Ages) 5:00-6:00 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
This class is full
Coach Evaluation Required for Registration
To register for this class, a coach evaluation is required. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to request an evaluation.

If your athlete is already enrolled in Tumbling 6 and you’d like to add this class, please contact us directly at DTATumbling@gmail.com. This class cannot be added through your parent portal.
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Intro to Tumbling for Boys (Ages 8+) 5:00-6:00 PM
This class is full
Intro to Tumbling For Boys! (No Experience Required)
A NEW program at DTA, built by boys who tumble, for boys who want to tumble!
This program is designed to focus on strength, control, and tumbling progressions.
Classes work through drills that build power, improve form, and boost confidence in a focused and positive environment alongside their peers.
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 5:00-6:00 PM
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5) 5:00-6:00 PM
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class!

Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend.

They will also get the opportunity to experience Parkour elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 5:00-6:00 PM
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5) 5:00-6:00 PM
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class!

Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend.

They will also get the opportunity to experience Parkour elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 5:00-6:00 PM
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 5:00-6:00 PM
7 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Tuesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-8) 5:00-6:00 PM
3 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 7-12) 5:00-6:00 PM
3 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+) 5:00-6:00 PM
5 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Thursday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 3 (Ages 7+) 5:00-6:00 PM
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is built on a foundation of strength training, flexibility, and skill development on both sides of the body, preparing dancers for any opportunity the dance world may offer!

Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If an athlete advances before Summer 2025, please contact our DTA Support Team to update class placement.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Side Aerial
Standing Back Bend
Straight Leg Kick Over (Right & Left)
Straight Leg Tick Tocks (Right & Left)
Moon Back Bend to Kick Over
Straight Leg Back Walkover
Straight Leg Front Walkover
Dominant Side Valdez
Headstand Combo (Tripod → Tuck → Straight → Straddle → Straight → Tuck → Tripod)
Solid Chest Stand

In Acro 3, athletes will work on mastering:
Tick Tocks on both sides
Silly Side Back Walkover
Silly Side Front Walkover
Standing Back Handspring
Dominant Side Front Aerial
Advanced Chest Stands
Level 2 Scorpions
Kip Up
Dominant Side Illusion
Front Walkover connected to a Suicide
Rolling Tinsica
Tuesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Intro to Cheer (Ages 6-10) 5:00-6:00 PM
1 spot left
Welcome to Our Intro to Cheer Class!
No prerequisites required – just bring your energy and excitement!

This class is the perfect starting point for athletes new to cheer. Students will build a strong foundation as they learn tumbling, jumps, stunting, and cheer dance—developing the skills, strength, and confidence to shine in all things cheer!
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) 5:00-6:00 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
3 spots left
EVALUATION REQUIRED.
Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Prerequisites
*Straight Leg Front and Back Walkovers
*Straight Leg Front Walkover --> Roundoff Back Handspring
*Straight Leg Standing Double Back Handspring
* Standing Tuck Off 4” Panel Mat
*Round Off Tuck
*Round Off Back Handspring Tuck
Thursday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+) 6:10-7:10 PM
8 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Monday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 4/5 (Ages 6+) 6:10-7:10 PM
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.
Thursday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11) 6:10-7:10 PM
7 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Monday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Intro to Tumbling for Boys (Ages 8+) 6:10-7:10 PM
10 spots left
Intro to Tumbling For Boys! (No Experience Required)
A NEW program at DTA, built by boys who tumble, for boys who want to tumble!
This program is designed to focus on strength, control, and tumbling progressions.
Classes work through drills that build power, improve form, and boost confidence in a focused and positive environment alongside their peers.
Tuesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 6:10-7:10 PM
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 6:10-7:10 PM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-10) 6:10-7:10 PM
2 spots left
**NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Thursday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 1 (Ages 6-12) 6:10-7:10 PM
This class is full
DTA Acro Program
Built on strength, flexibility, and learning skills on both sides—this program prepares dancers for anything the industry throws their way!

Register based on current ACRO/TUMBLING ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, DTA will reach out to help you adjust your athletes classes.

Firm Prerequisites:
Standing back bend, straight leg kick over, handstand (with control), handstand to back bend (no collapsing), forward/backward rolls, straight leg cartwheel, chest stand, headstand.

In Acro 1, athletes will work on:
Elbow & moon back bends, 8-count recoveries, silly side kick overs, back/front walkovers, front limber, headstands, chest stands, scorpions, 1-handed & 8-count cartwheels (both sides), and spotted side aerials.
Tuesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Cheer 2 (Ages 6-10) 6:10-8:15 PM (Two Hours)
1 spot left
Welcome to Cheer Level 2! 🎉 (Billed Separately from other classes)
We’re thrilled to launch this exciting new format!
This 2-hour powerhouse class includes a quick 10-minute break between two focused training blocks—giving your athlete double the fun and double the progress!

✨ First Hour: Jumps + Tumbling
✨ Second Hour: Stunting + Dance

This dynamic structure is designed to keep athletes moving, motivated, and mastering skills faster than ever before. We can’t wait to see their confidence soar!

Prerequisites:
• Round Off
• Forward Roll
• Backward Roll
• Front Walkover
• Back Walkover
Monday
6:10 PM to 8:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7-18) 6:10-7:10 PM
2 spots left
Partner Stunting for Flyers
This specialty class is designed for flyers ready to learn and refine partner stunting skills in a focused, supportive environment.

🟡 Monthly Tuition: $95 (Billed separately from standard class tuition)
🟡 Prerequisites: Previous stunting experience is preferred. Athletes should feel confident performing box jumps.

In this class, flyers will work on the fundamentals of partner stunting, including:
• Mounts
• Body positions (Extensions, Left/Right Liberty, Target/Cupie)
• Dismounts

As athletes demonstrate proper technique and control across all listed skills, you’ll receive a "Moving Up" email from our team, and our Support Staff will help you transition into the next level.
Tuesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 4 (All Ages) 6:10-7:10 PM
5 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Thursday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) 6:10-7:10 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
7 spots left
EVALUATION REQUIRED.
Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Prerequisites
*Straight Leg Front and Back Walkovers
*Straight Leg Front Walkover --> Roundoff Back Handspring
*Straight Leg Standing Double Back Handspring
* Standing Tuck Off 4” Panel Mat
*Round Off Tuck
*Round Off Back Handspring Tuck
Tuesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+) 7:15-8:15 AM
10 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+) 7:15-8:15 PM
9 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+) 7:15-8:15 PM
7 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 4 (All Ages) 7:15-8:15 PM
7 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 6 & Elite Tumbling (All Ages) 7:15-8:15 PM
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
THIS IS A INVITE ONLY CLASS.
Thursday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+) 7:15-8:15 PM
This class is full
Specialty Class: Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers
Take your jumps and leaps to the next level! This specialty class is designed to help dancers improve height, control, and technique through focused strength training, flexibility work, and targeted drills. Whether you're looking to perfect your switch leap or add more power and consistency to your jumps, this class will give you the tools to get there.

No prerequisites required – all levels welcome!
Tuesday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7-18) 7:15-8:15 PM
1 spot left
Partner Stunting for Flyers
This specialty class is designed for flyers ready to learn and refine partner stunting skills in a focused, supportive environment.

🟡 Monthly Tuition: $95 (Billed separately from standard class tuition)
🟡 Prerequisites: Previous stunting experience is preferred. Athletes should feel confident performing box jumps.

In this class, flyers will work on the fundamentals of partner stunting, including:
• Mounts
• Body positions (Extensions, Left/Right Liberty, Target/Cupie)
• Dismounts

As athletes demonstrate proper technique and control across all listed skills, you’ll receive a "Moving Up" email from our team, and our Support Staff will help you transition into the next level.
Tuesday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+) 7:15-8:15 PM (recent add)
10 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Thursday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lehi

LINDON Summer 2025 Classes CLICK HERE!

Name
Days
Location
LINDON Thursday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+) 12:15-1:15 PM
8 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Thursday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 8:45-9:45 AM
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 8:45-9:45 AM
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Kickover Specialty (Ages 7+) 8:45-9:45 AM
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Monday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 8:45-9:45 AM
4 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+) 8:45-9:45 AM
5 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Monday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+) 8:45-9:45 AM
4 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Monday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 8:45-9:45 AM
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5) 8:45-9:45 AM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class!

Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend.

They will also get the opportunity to experience Parkour elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 8:45-9:45 AM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11) 8:45-9:45 AM
5 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Wednesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Cheer 2 (Ages 10+) 8:45-10:55 AM (Two Hours)
8 spots left
Welcome to Cheer Level 2! 🎉 (Billed Separately from other classes)
We’re thrilled to launch this exciting new format!
This 2-hour powerhouse class includes a quick 10-minute break between two focused training blocks—giving your athlete double the fun and double the progress!

✨ First Hour: Jumps + Tumbling
✨ Second Hour: Stunting + Dance

This dynamic structure is designed to keep athletes moving, motivated, and mastering skills faster than ever before. We can’t wait to see their confidence soar!

Prerequisites:
• Round Off
• Forward Roll
• Backward Roll
• Front Walkover
• Back Walkover
Wednesday
8:45 AM to 10:55 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11) 8:45-9:45 AM
4 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Wednesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 9:55-10:55 AM
6 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+) 9:55-10:55 AM
7 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 5-10) 9:55-10:55 AM
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2, Tumbling 3 & Acro 1!

Firm Prerequisites:
Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they can take this class to work on their opposite side walkovers.
Monday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11) 9:55-10:55 AM
4 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Monday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Back Tuck Specialty (Ages 7+) 9:55-10:55 AM
2 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring.
Monday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 9:55-10:55 AM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 9:55-10:55 AM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 9:55-10:55 AM
This class is full
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Wednesday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 1 (Ages 6-12) 9:55-10:55 AM
This class is full
DTA Acro Program
Built on strength, flexibility, and learning skills on both sides—this program prepares dancers for anything the industry throws their way!

Register based on current ACRO/TUMBLING ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, DTA will reach out to help you adjust your athletes classes.

Firm Prerequisites:
Standing back bend, straight leg kick over, handstand (with control), handstand to back bend (no collapsing), forward/backward rolls, straight leg cartwheel, chest stand, headstand.

In Acro 1, athletes will work on:
Elbow & moon back bends, 8-count recoveries, silly side kick overs, back/front walkovers, front limber, headstands, chest stands, scorpions, 1-handed & 8-count cartwheels (both sides), and spotted side aerials.
Monday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Cheer 1 (Ages 10+) 9:55-10:55 AM
12 spots left
Welcome to Cheer Level 1!
This class is perfect for athletes ready to build on their foundational cheer skills. We’ll focus on tumbling, stunting, jumps, and cheer dance—all while improving strength, coordination, and confidence in a fun and supportive environment.

Prerequisites:
• Handstand
• Cartwheel
• Forward Roll
• Backward Roll
• Back Bend Kick Over
Monday
9:55 AM to 10:55 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
4 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Wednesday
11:00 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Friday Intro to Tumbling for Boys (Ages 8+) 11:00 AM-12:00 PM
9 spots left
Intro to Tumbling For Boys! (No Experience Required)
A NEW program at DTA, built by boys who tumble, for boys who want to tumble!
This program is designed to focus on strength, control, and tumbling progressions.
Classes work through drills that build power, improve form, and boost confidence in a focused and positive environment alongside their peers.
Friday
11:00 AM to 12:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Friday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 11:00 AM-12:00 PM
6 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Friday
11:00 AM to 12:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Friday Tumbling 3 (Ages 7-12) 11:10 AM-12:00 PM
4 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Friday
11:00 AM to 12:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9) 11:05-12:05 PM
6 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9) 11:05-12:05 PM
5 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
This class is full
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 4 (All Ages) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
6 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class!

Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend.

They will also get the opportunity to experience Parkour elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 11:05-12:05 PM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-10) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
1 spot left
**NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Monday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 10+) 11:05-12:05 PM
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+) 11:05-12:05 PM
7 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Wednesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 5-10) 11:05-12:05 PM
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2, Tumbling 3 & Acro 1!

Firm Prerequisites:
Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they can take this class to work on their opposite side walkovers.
Wednesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-8) 11:05AM-12:05 PM
7 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Wednesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-8) 11:05-12:05 PM
9 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Thursday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
5 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Monday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Thursday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Intro to Cheer (Ages 6-10) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
12 spots left
Welcome to Our Intro to Cheer Class!
No prerequisites required – just bring your energy and excitement!

This class is the perfect starting point for athletes new to cheer. Students will build a strong foundation as they learn tumbling, jumps, stunting, and cheer dance—developing the skills, strength, and confidence to shine in all things cheer!
Thursday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
6 spots left
EVALUATION REQUIRED.
Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Prerequisites
*Straight Leg Front and Back Walkovers
*Straight Leg Front Walkover --> Roundoff Back Handspring
*Straight Leg Standing Double Back Handspring
* Standing Tuck Off 4” Panel Mat
*Round Off Tuck
*Round Off Back Handspring Tuck
Wednesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
8 spots left
EVALUATION REQUIRED.
Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Prerequisites
*Straight Leg Front and Back Walkovers
*Straight Leg Front Walkover --> Roundoff Back Handspring
*Straight Leg Standing Double Back Handspring
* Standing Tuck Off 4” Panel Mat
*Round Off Tuck
*Round Off Back Handspring Tuck
Thursday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Intro to Tumbling for Boys (Ages 6-9) 11:05 AM-12:05 PM
7 spots left
Intro to Tumbling For Boys! (No Experience Required)
A NEW program at DTA, built by boys who tumble, for boys who want to tumble!
This program is designed to focus on strength, control, and tumbling progressions.
Classes work through drills that build power, improve form, and boost confidence in a focused and positive environment alongside their peers.
Wednesday
11:05 AM to 12:05 PM
Lindon
Friday Drill Team Skills (Ages 14+) 11:10 AM-12:10 PM
20 spots left
Join Our Drill Team Skills Class!
Ready to take your technique to the next level? This class is designed specifically for dancers looking to add power tricks, aerials, and wow-factor elements to their routines.

Skills we’ll focus on include:

Front & Side Aerials
Aerial Variations
Kip-Ups
Back Handspring Variations
Rubber Bands (just for fun!)
Websters
540s
Switch Tilts
Front Handspring Variations
Perfect for dancers preparing for high school, college, or competition teams!
Friday
11:10 AM to 12:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 8+) 12:15-1:15 PM
This class is full
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7) 12:15-1:15 PM
9 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-8) 12:15-1:15PM
9 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 8+) 12:15-1:15 PM
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted.
Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover), Tumbling 3, & Acro 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Wednesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+) 12:15-1:15 PM
2 spots left
Specialty Class CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 (as long as your athlete has their Standing Back Handspring unassisted) & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid & Confident Standing Back Handspring Unassisted
Monday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Intro to Tumbling for Boys (Ages 6-9) 12:15-1:15 PM
5 spots left
Intro to Tumbling For Boys! (No Experience Required)
A NEW program at DTA, built by boys who tumble, for boys who want to tumble!
This program is designed to focus on strength, control, and tumbling progressions.
Classes work through drills that build power, improve form, and boost confidence in a focused and positive environment alongside their peers.
Monday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Intermediate/ Advanced Tumbling for Boys (Ages 8+) 12:15-1:15 PM
5 spots left
Intermediate/ Advanced Tumbling for Boys!
Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward roll, Backward Roll, Back Bend From Laying Down, Dive Roll, Round Off

A NEW program at DTA, built by boys who tumble, for boys who want to tumble!
This program is designed to focus on strength, control, and tumbling progressions.
Classes work through drills that build power, improve form, and boost confidence in a focused and positive environment alongside their peers.
Wednesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5) 12:15-1:15 PM
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class!

Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend.

They will also get the opportunity to experience Parkour elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 12:15-1:15 PM
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
Lindon Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 12:15-1:15 PM
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 10+) 12:15-1:15 PM
10 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Kickover Specialty (Ages 7+) 12:15-1:15 PM
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Wednesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 12:15-1:15 PM
9 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Thursday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 12:15-1:15 PM
This class is full
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11) 12:15-1:15 PM
8 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Thursday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10) 12:15-1:15 PM
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Intro to Cheer (Ages 6-10) 12:15-1:15 PM
14 spots left
Welcome to Our Intro to Cheer Class!
No prerequisites required – just bring your energy and excitement!

This class is the perfect starting point for athletes new to cheer. Students will build a strong foundation as they learn tumbling, jumps, stunting, and cheer dance—developing the skills, strength, and confidence to shine in all things cheer!
Wednesday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 6 (All Ages) 12:15-1:15 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
1 spot left
Coach Evaluation Required for Registration
To register for this class, a coach evaluation is required. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to request an evaluation.

If your athlete is already enrolled in Tumbling 6 and you’d like to add this class, please contact us directly at DTATumbling@gmail.com. This class cannot be added through your parent portal.
Thursday
12:15 PM to 1:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 1:30-2:30 PM
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+) 1:30-2:30 PM
9 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Wednesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+) 1:30-2:30 PM
7 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+) 1:30-2:30 PM
7 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Thursday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 6 (All Ages) 1:30-2:30 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
This class is full
Coach Evaluation Required for Registration
To register for this class, a coach evaluation is required. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to request an evaluation.

If your athlete is already enrolled in Tumbling 6 and you’d like to add this class, please contact us directly at DTATumbling@gmail.com. This class cannot be added through your parent portal.
Tuesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Intro to Tricking (Ages 8+) 1:30-2:30 PM
4 spots left
Welcome to Intro to Tricking!
Open to boys and girls, ages 8 and up!

Ready to dive into the high-energy world of Tricking? This beginner-level class is perfect for athletes who are new to tumbling and/or parkour. We’ll guide students through foundational progressions designed to safely build strength, technique, and confidence—working toward flips, kicks, and dynamic tricking combos.

Whether your goal is to flip, kick, or just try something new and exciting, this class is your launchpad to Tricking Level 1 and beyond!
Monday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5) 1:30-2:30 PM
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class!

Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend.

They will also get the opportunity to experience Parkour elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 1:30-2:30 PM
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
Lindon Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 1:30-2:30 PM
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
Lindon Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 1:30-2:30 PM
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
Lindon Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 1:30-2:30 PM
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 1:30-2:30 PM
3 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 1:30-2:30 PM
9 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Wednesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 5-10) 1:30-2:30 PM
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2, Tumbling 3 & Acro 1!

Firm Prerequisites:
Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they can take this class to work on their opposite side walkovers.
Tuesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-8) 1:30-2:30 PM
10 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Thursday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+) 1:30-2:30 PM
7 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Monday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Acro 3 (Ages 7+) 1:30-2:30 PM
5 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built on a foundation of strength training, flexibility, and skill development on both sides of the body, preparing dancers for any opportunity the dance world may offer!

Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If an athlete advances before Summer 2025, please contact our DTA Support Team to update class placement.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Side Aerial
Standing Back Bend
Straight Leg Kick Over (Right & Left)
Straight Leg Tick Tocks (Right & Left)
Moon Back Bend to Kick Over
Straight Leg Back Walkover
Straight Leg Front Walkover
Dominant Side Valdez
Headstand Combo (Tripod → Tuck → Straight → Straddle → Straight → Tuck → Tripod)
Solid Chest Stand

In Acro 3, athletes will work on mastering:
Tick Tocks on both sides
Silly Side Back Walkover
Silly Side Front Walkover
Standing Back Handspring
Dominant Side Front Aerial
Advanced Chest Stands
Level 2 Scorpions
Kip Up
Dominant Side Illusion
Front Walkover connected to a Suicide
Rolling Tinsica
Thursday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Advanced Cheer (Ages 8+) 1:30-3:40 PM (Two Hours)
13 spots left
🎉 Welcome to Advanced Cheer! (Billed separately from other classes)
We’re so excited to introduce this high-energy format for athletes who are ready to take their cheer skills to the next level!

This 2-hour class includes a 10-minute break between two focused training blocks—giving your athlete double the fun and double the progress:

✨ First Hour: Jumps + Tumbling
✨ Second Hour: Stunting + Dance

With this dynamic setup, athletes stay engaged, challenged, and consistently progressing in all areas of cheer. We can't wait to see their power, precision, and confidence soar!

Prerequisites:
• Standing Back Handspring Series
• Round Off Tuck
• Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (RO-BHS-Tuck)
• Front Tuck
• Toe Touch to Back Handspring
Wednesday
1:30 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 4 (All Ages) 1:30-2:30 PM
8 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Tuesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Standing Back Tuck Specialty (Ages 7+) 1:30-2:30 PM
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring.
Wednesday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) 1:30-2:30 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
5 spots left
EVALUATION REQUIRED.
Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Prerequisites
*Straight Leg Front and Back Walkovers
*Straight Leg Front Walkover --> Roundoff Back Handspring
*Straight Leg Standing Double Back Handspring
* Standing Tuck Off 4” Panel Mat
*Round Off Tuck
*Round Off Back Handspring Tuck
Monday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Parkour 1 (Ages 8+) 2:40-3:40 PM
3 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7) 2:40-3:40 PM
7 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 10+) 2:40-3:40 PM
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+) 2:40-3:40 PM
10 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Tuesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 4/5 (Ages 6+) 2:40-3:40 PM
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.
Monday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 5-10) 2:40-3:40 PM
3 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted.
Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover), Tumbling 3, & Acro 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Monday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Fulls (Ages 10+) 2:40-3:40 PM (Evaluation Required)
6 spots left
Standing Fulls (T6 & ELITE supplement):
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.

Prerequisites: Standing Tuck onto 8” Panel Mat, Round Off Full or Round Off Back Handspring Full
Monday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 2:40-3:40 PM
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 2:40-3:40 PM
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-10) 2:40-3:40 PM
6 spots left
**NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Thursday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Kickover Specialty (Ages 7+) 2:40-3:40 PM
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Wednesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 2:40-3:40 PM
6 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 2:40-3:40 PM
9 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Thursday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 7-12) 2:40-3:40 PM
6 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Tuesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 7-12) 2:40-3:40 PM
4 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Wednesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 12+) 2:40:3:40 PM
9 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Tuesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 3 (Ages 7+) 2:40-3:40 PM
4 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built on a foundation of strength training, flexibility, and skill development on both sides of the body, preparing dancers for any opportunity the dance world may offer!

Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If an athlete advances before Summer 2025, please contact our DTA Support Team to update class placement.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Side Aerial
Standing Back Bend
Straight Leg Kick Over (Right & Left)
Straight Leg Tick Tocks (Right & Left)
Moon Back Bend to Kick Over
Straight Leg Back Walkover
Straight Leg Front Walkover
Dominant Side Valdez
Headstand Combo (Tripod → Tuck → Straight → Straddle → Straight → Tuck → Tripod)
Solid Chest Stand

In Acro 3, athletes will work on mastering:
Tick Tocks on both sides
Silly Side Back Walkover
Silly Side Front Walkover
Standing Back Handspring
Dominant Side Front Aerial
Advanced Chest Stands
Level 2 Scorpions
Kip Up
Dominant Side Illusion
Front Walkover connected to a Suicide
Rolling Tinsica
Monday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7-18) 2:40-3:40 PM
5 spots left
Partner Stunting for Flyers
This specialty class is designed for flyers ready to learn and refine partner stunting skills in a focused, supportive environment.

🟡 Monthly Tuition: $95 (Billed separately from standard class tuition)
🟡 Prerequisites: Previous stunting experience is preferred. Athletes should feel confident performing box jumps.

In this class, flyers will work on the fundamentals of partner stunting, including:
• Mounts
• Body positions (Extensions, Left/Right Liberty, Target/Cupie)
• Dismounts

As athletes demonstrate proper technique and control across all listed skills, you’ll receive a "Moving Up" email from our team, and our Support Staff will help you transition into the next level.
Thursday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Standing Back Tuck Specialty (Ages 7+) 2:40-3:40 PM
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring.
Tuesday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Standing Back Tuck Specialty (Ages 7+) 2:40-3:40 PM
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring.
Thursday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Acro 4 (Ages 7+) 2:40-3:40 PM (recent add)
10 spots left
The DTA Acro Program focuses on strength training, flexibility, and mastering skills on both sides of the body—helping dancers feel confident and prepared for whatever the dance world throws their way!

Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If an athlete advances before Summer 2025, please contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class placement. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites:
Right & Left Side Back Walkover
Side Aerial
Standing Back Handspring
Front Aerial
Straight Leg Kick Over (Right & Left)
Straight Leg Back Walkover
Straight Leg Front Walkover
Straight Leg Valdez
Solid Headstand
Solid Chest Stand
Scorpion Hold
Suicide
Kip Up
Headspring

In Acro 4, athletes will work on and master:
Tick Tocks on both sides
One-Handed Valdez
Silly Side Front Walkover
Front Aerial Snap Down
Silly Side Aerial
Aerial Twist
Back Handspring into Chest Roll or Headstand
Standing Tucks
Rubber Bands
Needles
Acro Canes
...and more!
Thursday
2:40 PM to 3:40 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7) 3:50-4:50 PM
4 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9) 3:50-4:50 PM
7 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 7-12) 3:50-4:50 PM
9 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+) 3:50-4:50 PM
6 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 6 (All Ages) 3:50-4:50 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
This class is full
Coach Evaluation Required for Registration
To register for this class, a coach evaluation is required. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to request an evaluation.

If your athlete is already enrolled in Tumbling 6 and you’d like to add this class, please contact us directly at DTATumbling@gmail.com. This class cannot be added through your parent portal.
Monday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 3:50-4:50 PM
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 3:50-4:50 PM
10 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 3:50-4:50 PM
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 3:50-4:50 PM
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 3:50-4:50 PM
5 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Tuesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+) 3:50-4:50 PM
4 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Wednesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+) 3:50-4:50 PM
8 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Wednesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Acro 2 (Ages 6+) 3:50-4:50 PM
5 spots left
DTA Acro Program
Our Acro program is built on strength training, flexibility, and learning skills on both sides to prepare dancers for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, please contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class placement. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Standing back bend, solid straight leg kick over, strong one-handed cartwheel (both sides), solid front limber, straight leg back walkover, straight leg front walkover, and headstand.

In Acro 2, athletes will work on:
Tick tocks (both sides), moon back bend to kick over, silly side back/front walkovers, Valdez, back limber, suicides, headstand combos, chest stands, in-n-outs, advanced elbow stands, side aerials, and more!
Thursday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+) 3:50-4:50 PM
6 spots left
Specialty Class CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 (as long as your athlete has their Standing Back Handspring unassisted) & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid & Confident Standing Back Handspring Unassisted
Tuesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+) 3:50-4:50 PM
4 spots left
Specialty Class: Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers
Take your jumps and leaps to the next level! This specialty class is designed to help dancers improve height, control, and technique through focused strength training, flexibility work, and targeted drills. Whether you're looking to perfect your switch leap or add more power and consistency to your jumps, this class will give you the tools to get there.

No prerequisites required – all levels welcome!
Monday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Cheer 1 (Ages 6-10) 3:50-4:50 PM
10 spots left
Welcome to Cheer Level 1!
This class is perfect for athletes ready to build on their foundational cheer skills. We’ll focus on tumbling, stunting, jumps, and cheer dance—all while improving strength, coordination, and confidence in a fun and supportive environment.

Prerequisites:
• Handstand
• Cartwheel
• Forward Roll
• Backward Roll
• Back Bend Kick Over
Wednesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Cheer 3 (Ages 10+) 3:50-6:00 PM (Two Hours)
5 spots left
🎉 Welcome to Cheer Level 3! (Billed separately from other classes)
We’re so excited to launch this powerful new format designed for athletes ready to level up!

This 2-hour class includes a 10-minute break between two focused training blocks—giving your athlete double the fun and double the progress:

✨ First Hour: Jumps + Tumbling
✨ Second Hour: Stunting + Dance

This dynamic structure keeps athletes moving, motivated, and mastering new skills faster than ever. We can’t wait to watch their strength and confidence soar!

Prerequisites:
• Standing Back Handspring
• Round Off Back Handspring
• Round Off Double Back Handspring
Tuesday
3:50 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7-18) 3:50-4:50 PM
5 spots left
Partner Stunting for Flyers
This specialty class is designed for flyers ready to learn and refine partner stunting skills in a focused, supportive environment.

🟡 Monthly Tuition: $95 (Billed separately from standard class tuition)
🟡 Prerequisites: Previous stunting experience is preferred. Athletes should feel confident performing box jumps.

In this class, flyers will work on the fundamentals of partner stunting, including:
• Mounts
• Body positions (Extensions, Left/Right Liberty, Target/Cupie)
• Dismounts

As athletes demonstrate proper technique and control across all listed skills, you’ll receive a "Moving Up" email from our team, and our Support Staff will help you transition into the next level.
Thursday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Standing Back Tuck Specialty (Ages 7+) 3:50-4:50 PM
3 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring.
Wednesday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Cheer Jumps & Flexibility (Ages 9-15) 3:50-4:50 PM
11 spots left
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Thursday
3:50 PM to 4:50 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Parkour 4/5 (Ages 6+) 5:00-6:00 PM
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 8+) 5:00-6:00 PM
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2, Tumbling 3 & Acro 1!

Firm Prerequisites:
Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they can take this class to work on their opposite side walkovers.
Tuesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 8+) 5:00-6:00 PM
3 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted.
Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover), Tumbling 3, & Acro 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Tuesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 12+) 5:00-6:00 PM
6 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 6 (All Ages) 5:00-6:00 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
This class is full
Coach Evaluation Required for Registration
To register for this class, a coach evaluation is required. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to request an evaluation.

If your athlete is already enrolled in Tumbling 6 and you’d like to add this class, please contact us directly at DTATumbling@gmail.com. This class cannot be added through your parent portal.
Tuesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4) 5:00-6:00 PM
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Intro to Tricking (Ages 8+) 5:00-6:00 PM
9 spots left
Welcome to Intro to Tricking!
Open to boys and girls, ages 8 and up!

Ready to dive into the high-energy world of Tricking? This beginner-level class is perfect for athletes who are new to tumbling and/or parkour. We’ll guide students through foundational progressions designed to safely build strength, technique, and confidence—working toward flips, kicks, and dynamic tricking combos.

Whether your goal is to flip, kick, or just try something new and exciting, this class is your launchpad to Tricking Level 1 and beyond!
Thursday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5) 5:00-6:00 PM
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class!

Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend.

They will also get the opportunity to experience Parkour elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 5:00-6:00 PM
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 5:00-6:00 PM
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 10+) 5:00-6:00 PM
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Kickover Specialty (Ages 7+) 5:00-6:00 PM
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 5:00-6:00 PM
6 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 7-12) 5:00-6:00 PM
5 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Thursday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11) 5:00-6:00 PM
8 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 2 (Ages 6+) 5:00-6:00 PM
This class is full
DTA Acro Program
Our Acro program is built on strength training, flexibility, and learning skills on both sides to prepare dancers for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, please contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class placement. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Standing back bend, solid straight leg kick over, strong one-handed cartwheel (both sides), solid front limber, straight leg back walkover, straight leg front walkover, and headstand.

In Acro 2, athletes will work on:
Tick tocks (both sides), moon back bend to kick over, silly side back/front walkovers, Valdez, back limber, suicides, headstand combos, chest stands, in-n-outs, advanced elbow stands, side aerials, and more!
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Side Aerials (Ages 8+) 5:00-6:00 PM
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Front Aerials (Ages 7+) 5:00-6:00 PM
3 spots left
Front Aerial Specialty! (Acro 3 Supplement Class!)
Perfect for dancers learning and cleaning their Front Aerials!

Prerequisites: Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Side Aerial
Thursday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7-18) 5:00-6:00 PM
This class is full
Partner Stunting for Flyers
This specialty class is designed for flyers ready to learn and refine partner stunting skills in a focused, supportive environment.

🟡 Monthly Tuition: $95 (Billed separately from standard class tuition)
🟡 Prerequisites: Previous stunting experience is preferred. Athletes should feel confident performing box jumps.

In this class, flyers will work on the fundamentals of partner stunting, including:
• Mounts
• Body positions (Extensions, Left/Right Liberty, Target/Cupie)
• Dismounts

As athletes demonstrate proper technique and control across all listed skills, you’ll receive a "Moving Up" email from our team, and our Support Staff will help you transition into the next level.
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Intro to Tumbling for Boys (Ages 6-9) 5:00-6:00 PM
10 spots left
Intro to Tumbling For Boys! (No Experience Required)
A NEW program at DTA, built by boys who tumble, for boys who want to tumble!
This program is designed to focus on strength, control, and tumbling progressions.
Classes work through drills that build power, improve form, and boost confidence in a focused and positive environment alongside their peers.
Tuesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+) 6:10-7:10 PM
9 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Wednesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) 6:10-7:10 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
5 spots left
EVALUATION REQUIRED.
Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Prerequisites
*Straight Leg Front and Back Walkovers
*Straight Leg Front Walkover --> Roundoff Back Handspring
*Straight Leg Standing Double Back Handspring
* Standing Tuck Off 4” Panel Mat
*Round Off Tuck
*Round Off Back Handspring Tuck
Monday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Intro to Tumbling for Boys (Ages 8+) 6:10-7:10 PM
5 spots left
Intro to Tumbling For Boys! (No Experience Required)
A NEW program at DTA, built by boys who tumble, for boys who want to tumble!
This program is designed to focus on strength, control, and tumbling progressions.
Classes work through drills that build power, improve form, and boost confidence in a focused and positive environment alongside their peers.
Monday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Intermediate/ Advanced Tumbling for Boys (Ages 8+) 6:10-7:10 PM
6 spots left
Intermediate/ Advanced Tumbling for Boys!
Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward roll, Backward Roll, Back Bend From Laying Down, Dive Roll, Round Off

A NEW program at DTA, built by boys who tumble, for boys who want to tumble!
This program is designed to focus on strength, control, and tumbling progressions.
Classes work through drills that build power, improve form, and boost confidence in a focused and positive environment alongside their peers.
Tuesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tricking 1 (Ages 8+) 6:10-7:10 PM
10 spots left
Welcome to our Intro to Tricking 1 Class!
Tricking is a sport that combines aspects of martial arts, breakdancing, tumbling, and free running all on flat ground! Athletes both male and female, ages 8+ can sign up for this class!

Prerequisites: Back Flip with a light spot, Front Flip on a trampoline/the tumble trak, Cartwheel, Controlled Handstand, Back Bend (holding for 10 seconds with straight arms )
Tuesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tricking 1 (Ages 8+) 6:10-7:10 PM
8 spots left
Welcome to our Intro to Tricking 1 Class!
Tricking is a sport that combines aspects of martial arts, breakdancing, tumbling, and free running all on flat ground! Athletes both male and female, ages 8+ can sign up for this class!

Prerequisites: Back Flip with a light spot, Front Flip on a trampoline/the tumble trak, Cartwheel, Controlled Handstand, Back Bend (holding for 10 seconds with straight arms )
Thursday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) 6:10-7:10 PM
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
Lindon Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 6:10-7:10 PM
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
Lindon Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12) 6:10-7:10 PM
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 10+) 6:10-7:10 PM
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 6:10-7:10 PM
9 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Monday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12) 6:10-7:10 PM
7 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Wednesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+) 6:10-7:10 PM
3 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Tuesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 7-12) 6:10-7:10 PM
7 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Monday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 7-12) 6:10-7:10 PM
9 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Wednesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 1 (Ages 6-12) 6:10-7:10 PM
2 spots left
DTA Acro Program
Built on strength, flexibility, and learning skills on both sides—this program prepares dancers for anything the industry throws their way!

Register based on current ACRO/TUMBLING ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, DTA will reach out to help you adjust your athletes classes.

Firm Prerequisites:
Standing back bend, straight leg kick over, handstand (with control), handstand to back bend (no collapsing), forward/backward rolls, straight leg cartwheel, chest stand, headstand.

In Acro 1, athletes will work on:
Elbow & moon back bends, 8-count recoveries, silly side kick overs, back/front walkovers, front limber, headstands, chest stands, scorpions, 1-handed & 8-count cartwheels (both sides), and spotted side aerials.
Monday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Acro 1 (Ages 6-12) 6:10-7:10 PM
4 spots left
DTA Acro Program
Built on strength, flexibility, and learning skills on both sides—this program prepares dancers for anything the industry throws their way!

Register based on current ACRO/TUMBLING ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, DTA will reach out to help you adjust your athletes classes.

Firm Prerequisites:
Standing back bend, straight leg kick over, handstand (with control), handstand to back bend (no collapsing), forward/backward rolls, straight leg cartwheel, chest stand, headstand.

In Acro 1, athletes will work on:
Elbow & moon back bends, 8-count recoveries, silly side kick overs, back/front walkovers, front limber, headstands, chest stands, scorpions, 1-handed & 8-count cartwheels (both sides), and spotted side aerials.
Thursday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+) 6:10-7:10 PM
5 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to update your class schedule.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
*Handstand
*Handstand Back Bend
*Right & Left Side Cartwheel
*Proper Form Round-Off with Rebound (not a jump)
*Straight Leg Kick Over
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Strong, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring
*Strong, Proper Form Round-Off Back Handspring (with light spot)

Class Focus:
In this class, athletes will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Straight Leg Front Walkover → Cartwheel Connection
*Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)
*Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight)

Once your athlete has successfully completed all required skills with proper form, you will receive a "Moving Up" email, and our support team will assist you in adjusting class placement.
Tuesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 4 (Ages 7+) 6:10-7:10 PM
5 spots left
The DTA Acro Program focuses on strength training, flexibility, and mastering skills on both sides of the body—helping dancers feel confident and prepared for whatever the dance world throws their way!

Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If an athlete advances before Summer 2025, please contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class placement. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites:
Right & Left Side Back Walkover
Side Aerial
Standing Back Handspring
Front Aerial
Straight Leg Kick Over (Right & Left)
Straight Leg Back Walkover
Straight Leg Front Walkover
Straight Leg Valdez
Solid Headstand
Solid Chest Stand
Scorpion Hold
Suicide
Kip Up
Headspring

In Acro 4, athletes will work on and master:
Tick Tocks on both sides
One-Handed Valdez
Silly Side Front Walkover
Front Aerial Snap Down
Silly Side Aerial
Aerial Twist
Back Handspring into Chest Roll or Headstand
Standing Tucks
Rubber Bands
Needles
Acro Canes
...and more!
Monday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Advanced Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7-18) 6:10-7:10 PM
5 spots left
Elite Partner Stunting for Flyers
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION

This advanced class is designed for experienced flyers looking to elevate their partner stunting skills and prepare for high school and college-level cheer.

💥 Tuition: $95/month (Billed separately from regular tumbling tuition)
💥 Coach Approval & Previous Stunting Experience Required
To schedule an evaluation, email DTATumbling@gmail.com

This class is ideal for flyers who are confident in their stunting ability and ready to push toward elite-level performance.

Prerequisites:
Flyers must consistently execute the following intermediate skills on three different bases with control and no travel:
• Full-Ups
• Full-Arounds
• High-to-High Tick-Tocks
• Additional Intermediate Transitions

In this class, flyers will:
✅ Continue mastering intermediate partner stunts
✅ Begin training the four foundational elite-level stunts:
• Rewinds
• Front Handspring-Ups
• Back Handspring-Ups
• Hand-in-Hand Pop Throughs

This class offers the perfect path for athletes looking to refine advanced technique and prepare for college and competitive cheer opportunities.
Wednesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9) 6:10-7:10 PM
8 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 4 (All Ages) 6:10-7:10 PM
8 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete progresses before Summer 2025, you'll be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
*Forward Roll
*Backward Roll
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Straight Leg Front Walkover
*Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)
*Solid Round-Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with Rebound)

Note: If your athlete’s Round-Off Double Back Handspring is slow or performed with bent arms or legs, Tumbling 3.1 is the best fit. That class focuses on cleaning up form to ensure proper progression into Tumbling 4.

Tumbling 4 Class Focus:
Athletes in Tumbling 4 will work to master and pass off the following skills with proper form:
*Front Walkover → Round-Off Back Handspring
*Standing Double Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Tuck
*Round-Off Back Handspring → Back Tuck
*Standing Tuck off a 2” Panel Mat

We also highly recommend that Tumbling 4 athletes take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help accelerate progress!
Once your athlete has successfully completed all of the required skills with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our support team will assist with class adjustments.
Thursday
6:10 PM to 7:10 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8) 7:15-8:15 PM
9 spots left
Register based on your athlete’s current tumbling level.
If they advance before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by the DTA Support Team to adjust classes.
For evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Handstand
*Cartwheel
*Forward & Backward Roll
*Handstand to Back Bend (no collapse)
*Standing Back Bend
*Straight Leg Kick Over

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Opposite-Side Cartwheel
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)
*Straight Leg Back Walkover
*Split Handstand to Back Bend (one foot up)
*Straight Leg Front Walkover (light spot)

Once all skills are mastered with proper form, you’ll receive a “Moving Up” email with next steps.
Tuesday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+) 7:15-8:15 PM
7 spots left
Athletes must register based on their current tumbling ability.
If your athlete advances before Summer 2025, you will be contacted by our DTA Support Team to adjust your classes.
For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Required Skills to Enroll:
*Backward Roll & Forward Roll
*Strong Solid Handstand
*Right & Left Side Cartwheels
*Standing Back Bend
*Good Side Straight-Leg Kick Over
*Straight-Leg Back Walkover
*Straight-Leg Front Walkover (with light spot)
*Round-Off with a Rebound (true rebound, not a jump)

Skills Taught in This Class:
*Backward Roll
*Front Walkover
*Standing Back Handspring
*Round-Off Back Handspring

Once your athlete has mastered all skills with proper form, you'll receive a “Moving Up” email, and our team will assist with class adjustments.
Tuesday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Back Tuck Specialty (Ages 7+) 7:15-8:15 PM
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring.
Monday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Standing Back Tuck Specialty (Ages 7+) 7:15-8:15 PM
10 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring.
Tuesday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) 7:15-8:15 PM (EVALUATION REQUIRED)
6 spots left
EVALUATION REQUIRED.
Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Prerequisites
*Straight Leg Front and Back Walkovers
*Straight Leg Front Walkover --> Roundoff Back Handspring
*Straight Leg Standing Double Back Handspring
* Standing Tuck Off 4” Panel Mat
*Round Off Tuck
*Round Off Back Handspring Tuck
Wednesday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Front Aerials (Ages 7+) 7:15-8:15 PM
6 spots left
Front Aerial Specialty! (Acro 3 Supplement Class!)
Perfect for dancers learning and cleaning their Front Aerials!

Prerequisites: Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Side Aerial
Monday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Lindon